1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 524 if (!RD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 688 689 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 690 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 691 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 692 return ExprError(); 693 694 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 695 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 696 697 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 698 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 699 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 700 // 701 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 702 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 703 // catch-clause 704 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 705 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 706 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 707 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 708 // exception object 709 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 710 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 711 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 712 713 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 714 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 715 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 716 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 717 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 718 if (Res.isInvalid()) 719 return ExprError(); 720 Ex = Res.get(); 721 } 722 723 return new (Context) 724 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 725 } 726 727 static void 728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 729 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 730 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 731 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 732 bool ParentIsPublic) { 733 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 734 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 735 bool NewSubobject; 736 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 737 // always distinct subobjects. 738 if (BS.isVirtual()) 739 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 740 else 741 NewSubobject = true; 742 743 if (NewSubobject) 744 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 745 746 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 747 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 748 if (PublicPath) 749 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 750 751 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 752 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 753 PublicPath); 754 } 755 } 756 757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 758 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 759 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 760 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 761 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 762 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 763 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 764 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 765 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 766 767 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 768 // Skip ambiguous objects. 769 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 770 continue; 771 772 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 773 } 774 } 775 776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 778 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 779 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 780 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 781 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 782 bool isPointer = false; 783 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 784 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 785 isPointer = true; 786 } 787 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 788 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 789 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 790 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 791 E->getSourceRange())) 792 return true; 793 794 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 795 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 796 return true; 797 } 798 799 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 800 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 801 if (!RD) 802 return false; 803 804 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 805 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 806 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 807 808 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 809 if (isPointer) 810 return false; 811 812 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 813 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 814 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 815 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 816 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 817 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 818 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 819 return true; 820 } 821 } 822 823 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 824 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 825 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 826 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 827 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 828 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 829 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 830 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 831 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 832 833 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 834 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 835 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 836 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 837 // lookup and overload resolution. 838 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 839 if (!CD) 840 continue; 841 842 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 843 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 844 845 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 846 // in the catchable type data. 847 if (CD->isTrivial()) 848 continue; 849 850 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 851 // type to this constructor. 852 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 853 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 854 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 855 // friendship or any other means). 856 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 857 858 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 859 // we must rebuild them here. 860 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 861 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 862 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 863 continue; 864 865 Expr *DefaultArg = 866 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 867 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 876 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 877 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 878 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 879 if (method && method->isInstance()) 880 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 881 } 882 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 883 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 884 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 885 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 886 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 887 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 888 // from. 889 890 // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a 891 // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find 892 // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of 893 // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so, 894 // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda 895 // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the 896 // way. 897 898 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 899 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 900 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 901 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 902 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 903 } 904 } 905 // Add const for '* this' capture if not mutable. 906 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) { 907 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda(); 908 assert(LSI); 909 if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) { 910 auto C = LSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 QualType BaseType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 912 if ((C.isThisCapture() && C.isCopyCapture()) && 913 LSI->CallOperator->isConst() && !BaseType.isConstQualified()) { 914 BaseType.addConst(); 915 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(BaseType); 916 } 917 } 918 } 919 return ThisTy; 920 } 921 922 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 923 Decl *ContextDecl, 924 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 925 bool Enabled) 926 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 927 { 928 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 929 return; 930 931 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 932 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 933 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 934 else 935 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 936 937 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 938 = S.Context.getPointerType( 939 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 940 941 this->Enabled = true; 942 } 943 944 945 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 946 if (Enabled) { 947 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 948 } 949 } 950 951 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 952 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 953 const bool ByCopy) { 954 QualType CaptureThisTy = ByCopy ? ThisTy->getPointeeType() : ThisTy; 955 956 FieldDecl *Field 957 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisTy, 958 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisTy, Loc), 959 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 960 Field->setImplicit(true); 961 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 962 RD->addDecl(Field); 963 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 964 if (ByCopy) { 965 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 966 UO_Deref, 967 This).get(); 968 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 969 nullptr, CaptureThisTy, Loc); 970 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 971 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 972 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 973 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 974 return ER.get(); 975 } 976 return This; 977 } 978 979 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 980 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 981 const bool ByCopy) { 982 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 983 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 984 return true; 985 986 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 987 988 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 989 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 990 991 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 992 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 993 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 994 995 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 996 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 997 // [*this] { ... }. 998 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 999 // capture. 1000 1001 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1002 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1003 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1004 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1005 // AND 1006 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1007 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1008 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1009 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1010 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1011 // *enclosing object* 1012 1013 1014 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1015 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1016 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1017 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1018 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1019 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1020 break; 1021 } 1022 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1023 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1024 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1025 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1027 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1028 return true; 1029 } 1030 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1031 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1032 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1033 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1034 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1035 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1036 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1037 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1038 1039 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1040 NumCapturingClosures++; 1041 continue; 1042 } 1043 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1044 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1046 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1047 return true; 1048 } 1049 break; 1050 } 1051 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1052 1053 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1054 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1055 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1056 1057 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1058 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1059 // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1060 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1061 // above)). 1062 assert((!ByCopy || 1063 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1064 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1065 "*this) by copy"); 1066 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1067 // contexts. 1068 1069 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1070 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1071 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1072 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1073 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1074 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1075 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1076 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1077 // iteration. 1078 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1079 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1080 1081 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1082 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1083 ThisExpr = 1084 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1085 false/*ByCopy*/); 1086 1087 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1088 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1089 } 1090 return false; 1091 } 1092 1093 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1094 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1095 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1096 /// which the function is called. 1097 1098 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1099 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1100 1101 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1102 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1103 } 1104 1105 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1106 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1107 // type for 'this'. 1108 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1109 return false; 1110 1111 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1112 // defined. 1113 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1114 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1115 } 1116 1117 ExprResult 1118 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1119 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1120 MultiExprArg exprs, 1121 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1122 if (!TypeRep) 1123 return ExprError(); 1124 1125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1126 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1127 if (!TInfo) 1128 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1129 1130 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1131 } 1132 1133 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1134 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1135 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1136 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1137 ExprResult 1138 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1139 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1140 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1141 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1142 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1143 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1144 1145 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1146 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1147 RParenLoc); 1148 } 1149 1150 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1151 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1152 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1153 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1154 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1155 1156 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1157 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1158 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1159 // corresponding cast expression. 1160 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1161 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1162 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1163 } 1164 1165 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1166 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1167 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1168 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1169 // an object of type T. 1170 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1171 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1172 if (!ListInitialization) 1173 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1174 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1175 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1176 } 1177 1178 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1179 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1180 << FullRange); 1181 1182 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1183 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1184 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1185 return ExprError(); 1186 1187 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1188 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1189 return ExprError(); 1190 1191 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1192 InitializationKind Kind = 1193 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1194 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1195 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1196 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1197 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1198 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1199 1200 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1201 return Result; 1202 1203 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1204 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1205 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1206 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1207 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1208 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1209 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1210 // 1211 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1212 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1213 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1214 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1215 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1216 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1217 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1218 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1219 } 1220 1221 return Result; 1222 } 1223 1224 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1225 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1226 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1227 QualType allocType) { 1228 const RecordType *record = 1229 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1230 if (!record) return false; 1231 1232 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1233 1234 DeclarationName deleteName = 1235 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1236 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1237 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1238 1239 // We're just doing this for information. 1240 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1241 1242 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1243 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1244 1245 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1246 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1247 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1248 1249 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1250 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1251 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1252 1253 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1254 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1255 // regardless of its signature. 1256 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1257 filter.erase(); 1258 continue; 1259 } 1260 1261 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1262 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1263 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1264 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1265 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1266 // is a usual deallocation function. 1267 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1268 filter.erase(); 1269 continue; 1270 } 1271 } 1272 filter.done(); 1273 1274 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1275 1276 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1277 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1278 } 1279 1280 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1281 /// 1282 /// E.g.: 1283 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1284 /// or 1285 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1286 /// 1287 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1288 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1289 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1290 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1291 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1292 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1293 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1294 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1295 /// if there is none. 1296 ExprResult 1297 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1298 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1299 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1300 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1301 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1302 1303 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1304 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1305 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1306 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1307 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1308 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1309 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1310 << D.getSourceRange()); 1311 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1312 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1313 << D.getSourceRange()); 1314 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1315 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1316 << D.getSourceRange()); 1317 1318 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1319 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1320 } 1321 1322 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1323 if (ArraySize) { 1324 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1325 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1326 break; 1327 1328 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1329 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1330 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1332 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1333 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1334 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1335 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1336 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1337 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1338 Array.NumElts 1339 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1340 CCEK_NewExpr) 1341 .get(); 1342 } else { 1343 Array.NumElts 1344 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1345 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1346 .get(); 1347 } 1348 if (!Array.NumElts) 1349 return ExprError(); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 } 1353 } 1354 1355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1356 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1357 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1358 return ExprError(); 1359 1360 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1361 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1362 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1363 1364 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1365 PlacementLParen, 1366 PlacementArgs, 1367 PlacementRParen, 1368 TypeIdParens, 1369 AllocType, 1370 TInfo, 1371 ArraySize, 1372 DirectInitRange, 1373 Initializer, 1374 TypeContainsAuto); 1375 } 1376 1377 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1378 Expr *Init) { 1379 if (!Init) 1380 return true; 1381 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1382 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1383 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1384 return true; 1385 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1386 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1387 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1388 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1389 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1390 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1391 return true; 1392 } 1393 return false; 1394 } 1395 1396 ExprResult 1397 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1398 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1399 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1400 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1401 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1402 QualType AllocType, 1403 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1404 Expr *ArraySize, 1405 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1406 Expr *Initializer, 1407 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1408 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1409 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1410 1411 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1412 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1413 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1414 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1415 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1416 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1417 else { 1418 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1419 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1420 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1421 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1422 } 1423 1424 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1425 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1426 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1427 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1428 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1429 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1430 } 1431 1432 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1433 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1434 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1435 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1436 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1437 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1438 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1439 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1440 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1441 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1442 if (NumInits > 1) { 1443 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1444 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1445 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1446 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1447 } 1448 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1449 QualType DeducedType; 1450 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1451 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1452 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1453 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1454 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1455 return ExprError(); 1456 AllocType = DeducedType; 1457 } 1458 1459 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1460 // typedef of an array type. 1461 if (!ArraySize) { 1462 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1463 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1464 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1465 Context.getSizeType(), 1466 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1467 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1468 } 1469 } 1470 1471 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1472 return ExprError(); 1473 1474 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1475 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1476 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1477 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1478 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1479 } 1480 1481 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1482 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1483 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1484 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1485 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1486 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1487 } 1488 1489 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1490 1491 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1492 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1493 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1494 ArraySize = result.get(); 1495 } 1496 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1497 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1498 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1499 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1500 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1501 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1502 // std::size_t. 1503 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1504 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1505 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1506 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1507 1508 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1509 AA_Converting); 1510 1511 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1512 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1513 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1514 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1515 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1516 } else { 1517 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1518 protected: 1519 Expr *ArraySize; 1520 1521 public: 1522 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1523 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1524 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1525 1526 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1527 QualType T) override { 1528 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1529 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1530 } 1531 1532 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1533 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1534 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1535 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1536 } 1537 1538 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1539 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1540 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1541 } 1542 1543 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1544 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1545 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1546 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1547 } 1548 1549 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1550 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1551 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1552 } 1553 1554 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1555 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1556 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1557 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1558 } 1559 1560 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1561 QualType T, 1562 QualType ConvTy) override { 1563 return S.Diag(Loc, 1564 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1565 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1566 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1567 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1568 } 1569 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1570 1571 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1572 SizeDiagnoser); 1573 } 1574 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1575 return ExprError(); 1576 1577 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1578 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1579 1580 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1581 return ExprError(); 1582 1583 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1584 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1585 // with a non-negative value. 1586 // 1587 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1588 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1589 // array type. 1590 // 1591 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1592 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1593 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1594 llvm::APSInt Value; 1595 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1596 // unscoped enumeration type. 1597 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1598 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1599 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1600 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1602 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1603 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1604 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1605 else 1606 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1607 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1608 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1609 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1610 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1611 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1612 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1614 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1615 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1616 << Value.toString(10) 1617 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1618 else 1619 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1620 diag::err_array_too_large) 1621 << Value.toString(10) 1622 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1623 } 1624 } 1625 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1626 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1627 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1628 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1631 1632 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1633 } 1634 } 1635 1636 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1637 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1638 } 1639 1640 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1641 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1642 1643 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1644 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1645 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1646 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1647 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1648 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1649 return ExprError(); 1650 1651 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1652 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1653 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1654 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1655 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1656 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1657 1658 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1659 if (OperatorNew) { 1660 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1661 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1662 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1663 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1664 1665 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1666 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1667 // argument. 1668 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1669 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1670 return ExprError(); 1671 1672 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1673 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1674 1675 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1676 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1677 1678 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1679 } 1680 1681 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1682 // new. 1683 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1684 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1685 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1686 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1687 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1688 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1689 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1690 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1691 << AllocType 1692 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1693 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1698 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1699 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1700 // dialect distinction. 1701 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1702 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1703 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1704 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1705 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1706 return ExprError(); 1707 } 1708 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1709 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1710 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1711 // default-initialization). 1712 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1713 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1714 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1715 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1716 } 1717 } 1718 1719 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1720 // do it now. 1721 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1722 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1723 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1724 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1725 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1726 // object as follows: 1727 InitializationKind Kind 1728 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1729 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1730 // the object has indeterminate value 1731 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1732 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1733 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1734 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1735 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1736 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1737 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1738 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1739 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1740 1741 InitializedEntity Entity 1742 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1743 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1744 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1745 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1746 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1747 return ExprError(); 1748 1749 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1750 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1751 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1752 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1753 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1754 1755 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1759 if (OperatorNew) { 1760 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1761 return ExprError(); 1762 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1763 } 1764 if (OperatorDelete) { 1765 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1766 return ExprError(); 1767 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1768 } 1769 1770 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1771 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1772 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1773 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1774 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1775 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1776 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1777 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1778 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1779 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1780 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1781 << BaseAllocType); 1782 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1783 return ExprError(); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 return new (Context) 1789 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1790 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1791 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1792 Range, DirectInitRange); 1793 } 1794 1795 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1796 /// in a new-expression. 1797 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1798 SourceRange R) { 1799 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1800 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1801 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1802 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1803 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1804 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1805 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1806 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1807 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1808 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1809 return true; 1810 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1811 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1812 return true; 1813 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1814 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1815 << AllocType; 1816 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1817 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1818 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1819 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1820 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1821 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1822 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1823 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1824 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1825 << BaseAllocType; 1826 } 1827 } 1828 1829 return false; 1830 } 1831 1832 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1833 /// deallocation function. 1834 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1835 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1836 return false; 1837 1838 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1839 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1840 1841 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1842 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1843 return false; 1844 1845 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1846 return true; 1847 1848 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1849 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1850 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1851 } 1852 1853 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1854 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1855 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1856 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1857 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1858 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1859 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1860 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1861 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1862 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1863 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1864 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1865 // operator new. 1866 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1867 // placement form. 1868 1869 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1870 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1871 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1872 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1873 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1874 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1875 Context.getSizeType(), 1876 SourceLocation()); 1877 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1878 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1879 1880 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1881 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1882 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1883 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1884 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1885 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1886 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1887 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1888 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1889 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1890 1891 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1892 1893 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1894 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1895 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1896 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1897 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1898 return true; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (!OperatorNew) { 1902 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1903 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1904 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1905 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1906 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1907 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1908 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1909 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1910 return true; 1911 1912 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1913 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1914 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1915 // will not replicate that bug. 1916 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1917 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1918 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1919 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1920 return true; 1921 } 1922 } 1923 1924 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1925 // -fno-exceptions. 1926 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1927 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1928 return false; 1929 } 1930 1931 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1932 // 1933 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1934 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1935 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1936 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1937 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1938 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1939 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1940 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1941 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1942 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1943 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1944 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1945 } 1946 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1947 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1948 1949 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1950 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1951 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1952 } 1953 1954 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1955 1956 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1957 1958 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1959 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1960 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1961 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1962 // A *a = new A() 1963 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1964 1965 if (isPlacementNew) { 1966 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1967 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1968 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1969 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1970 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1971 // identical. [...] 1972 // 1973 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1974 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1975 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1976 // 1977 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1978 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1979 { 1980 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1981 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1982 1983 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1984 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1985 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1986 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1987 1988 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1989 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1990 1991 ExpectedFunctionType 1992 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1993 } 1994 1995 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1996 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1997 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1998 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1999 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 2000 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2001 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2002 // expected function type. 2003 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2004 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2005 Info)) 2006 continue; 2007 } else 2008 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2009 2010 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 2011 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2012 } 2013 } else { 2014 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2015 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2016 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2017 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2018 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2019 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2020 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 2021 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2022 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2023 } 2024 2025 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2026 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2027 // function lookup is used 2028 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2029 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 2030 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 2031 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 2032 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 2033 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 2034 // with one parameter. 2035 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2036 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 2037 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2038 else 2039 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2040 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 2041 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2046 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2047 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2048 // deallocation function will be called. 2049 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2050 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2051 2052 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 2053 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 2054 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 2055 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2056 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2057 // is ill-formed. 2058 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 2059 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2060 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 2061 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2062 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2063 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2064 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2065 << DeleteName; 2066 } else { 2067 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2068 Matches[0].first); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 2072 return false; 2073 } 2074 2075 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 2076 /// in the specified scope. 2077 /// 2078 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 2079 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 2080 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 2081 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 2082 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 2083 /// translation unit. 2084 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 2085 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 2086 /// Operator. 2087 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 2088 /// no allocation function was found. 2089 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 2090 /// usable. 2091 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2092 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 2093 DeclContext *Ctx, 2094 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2095 bool Diagnose) { 2096 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2097 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 2098 if (R.empty()) { 2099 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 2100 return false; 2101 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2102 << Name << Range; 2103 } 2104 2105 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2106 return true; 2107 2108 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2109 2110 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2111 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2112 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2113 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2114 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2115 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2116 2117 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2118 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2119 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 2120 Args, Candidates, 2121 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2122 continue; 2123 } 2124 2125 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2126 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2127 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2128 } 2129 2130 // Do the resolution. 2131 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2132 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2133 case OR_Success: { 2134 // Got one! 2135 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2136 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2137 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2138 return true; 2139 2140 Operator = FnDecl; 2141 return false; 2142 } 2143 2144 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2145 if (Diagnose) { 2146 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2147 << Name << Range; 2148 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2149 } 2150 return true; 2151 2152 case OR_Ambiguous: 2153 if (Diagnose) { 2154 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2155 << Name << Range; 2156 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2157 } 2158 return true; 2159 2160 case OR_Deleted: { 2161 if (Diagnose) { 2162 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2163 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2164 << Name 2165 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2166 << Range; 2167 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2168 } 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 } 2172 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2173 } 2174 2175 2176 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2177 /// delete. These are: 2178 /// @code 2179 /// // C++03: 2180 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2181 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2182 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2183 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2184 /// // C++11: 2185 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2186 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2187 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2188 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2189 /// // C++1y: 2190 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2191 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2192 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2193 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2194 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2195 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2196 /// @endcode 2197 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2198 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2199 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2200 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2201 return; 2202 2203 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2204 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2205 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2206 // program 2207 // 2208 // C++03: 2209 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2210 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2211 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2212 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2213 // C++11: 2214 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2215 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2216 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2217 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2218 // C++1y: 2219 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2220 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2221 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2222 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2223 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2224 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2225 // 2226 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2227 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2228 // 2229 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2230 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2231 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2232 // lookup. 2233 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2234 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2235 // implicitly. 2236 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2237 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2238 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2239 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2240 nullptr); 2241 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2242 } 2243 2244 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2245 2246 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2247 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2248 2249 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2250 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2251 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2252 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2253 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2254 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2255 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2256 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2257 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2258 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2259 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2260 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2261 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2262 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2263 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2264 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2265 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2266 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2267 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2268 } 2269 } 2270 2271 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2272 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2273 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2274 QualType Return, 2275 QualType Param1, QualType Param2) { 2276 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2277 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2278 2279 // Check if this function is already declared. 2280 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2281 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2282 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2283 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2284 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2285 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2286 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2287 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2288 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2289 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2290 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2291 NumParams == 2 2292 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2293 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2294 : QualType(); 2295 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2296 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2297 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2298 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2299 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2300 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2301 Func->setHidden(false); 2302 return; 2303 } 2304 } 2305 } 2306 } 2307 2308 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2309 2310 QualType BadAllocType; 2311 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2312 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2313 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2314 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2316 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2317 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2318 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2319 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2320 } 2321 } else { 2322 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2323 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2324 } 2325 2326 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2327 2328 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2329 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2330 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2331 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2332 SourceLocation(), Name, 2333 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2334 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2335 2336 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2337 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2338 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2339 2340 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2341 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2342 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2343 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2344 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2345 SC_None, nullptr); 2346 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2347 } 2348 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2349 2350 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2351 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2352 } 2353 2354 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2355 bool CanProvideSize, 2356 DeclarationName Name) { 2357 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2358 2359 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2360 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2361 2362 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2363 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2364 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2365 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2366 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2367 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2368 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2369 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2370 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2371 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2372 } 2373 2374 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2375 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2376 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2377 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2378 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2379 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2380 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2381 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2382 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2383 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2384 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2385 else 2386 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2387 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2388 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2389 } 2390 2391 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2392 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2393 2394 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2395 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2396 return Matches.front(); 2397 } 2398 2399 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2400 DeclarationName Name, 2401 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2402 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2403 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2404 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2405 2406 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2407 return true; 2408 2409 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2410 2411 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2412 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2413 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2414 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2415 2416 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2417 // deallocation function. 2418 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2419 continue; 2420 2421 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2422 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2423 } 2424 2425 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2426 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2427 2428 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2429 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2430 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2431 2432 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2433 if (Diagnose) { 2434 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2435 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2436 } 2437 return true; 2438 } 2439 2440 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2441 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2442 return true; 2443 2444 return false; 2445 2446 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2447 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2448 if (Diagnose) { 2449 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2450 << Name << RD; 2451 2452 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2453 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2454 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2455 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2456 } 2457 return true; 2458 } 2459 2460 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2461 // none of them were suitable. 2462 if (!Found.empty()) { 2463 if (Diagnose) { 2464 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2465 << Name << RD; 2466 2467 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2468 F != FEnd; ++F) 2469 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2470 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2471 } 2472 return true; 2473 } 2474 2475 Operator = nullptr; 2476 return false; 2477 } 2478 2479 namespace { 2480 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2481 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2482 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2483 public: 2484 enum MismatchResult { 2485 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2486 NoMismatch, 2487 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2488 VarInitMismatches, 2489 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2490 MemberInitMismatches, 2491 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2492 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2493 AnalyzeLater 2494 }; 2495 2496 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2497 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2498 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2499 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2500 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2501 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2502 2503 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2504 /// matching form of new-expression. 2505 /// 2506 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2507 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2508 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2509 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2510 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2511 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2512 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2513 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2514 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2515 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2516 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2517 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2518 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2519 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2520 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2521 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2522 bool IsArrayForm; 2523 FieldDecl *Field; 2524 2525 private: 2526 const bool EndOfTU; 2527 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2528 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2529 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2530 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2531 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2532 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2533 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2534 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2535 /// 2536 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2537 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2538 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2539 /// \c NoMismatch. 2540 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2541 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2542 /// \c new. 2543 /// 2544 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2545 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2546 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2547 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2548 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2549 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2550 /// form of \c new. 2551 /// 2552 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2553 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2554 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2555 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2556 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2557 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2558 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2559 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2560 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2561 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2562 /// in-class initializer. 2563 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2564 }; 2565 } 2566 2567 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2568 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2569 NewExprs.clear(); 2570 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2571 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2572 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2573 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2574 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2575 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2576 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2577 return VarInitMismatches; 2578 } 2579 return NoMismatch; 2580 } 2581 2582 const CXXNewExpr * 2583 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2584 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2585 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2586 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2587 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2588 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2589 } 2590 2591 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2592 } 2593 2594 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2595 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2596 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2597 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2598 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2599 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2600 return true; 2601 else 2602 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2603 } 2604 return false; 2605 } 2606 2607 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2608 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2609 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2610 return false; 2611 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2612 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2613 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2614 return EndOfTU; 2615 } 2616 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2617 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2618 return true; 2619 } 2620 return false; 2621 } 2622 2623 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2624 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2625 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2626 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2627 if (!InitExpr) 2628 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2629 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2630 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2631 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2632 return MemberInitMismatches; 2633 } 2634 } 2635 return NoMismatch; 2636 } 2637 2638 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2639 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2640 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2641 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2642 this->Field = Field; 2643 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2644 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2645 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2646 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2647 return NoMismatch; 2648 } 2649 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2650 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2651 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2652 return MemberInitMismatches; 2653 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2654 : NoMismatch; 2655 } 2656 2657 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2658 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2659 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2660 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2661 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2662 return NoMismatch; 2663 } 2664 2665 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2666 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2667 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2668 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2669 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2670 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2671 } 2672 } 2673 return NewExprs.empty(); 2674 } 2675 2676 static void 2677 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2678 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2679 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2680 FixItHint H; 2681 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2682 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2683 else { 2684 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2685 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2686 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2687 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2688 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2689 } 2690 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2691 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2692 2693 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2694 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2695 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2696 } 2697 2698 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2699 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2700 return; 2701 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2702 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2703 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2704 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2705 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2706 break; 2707 } 2708 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2709 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2710 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2711 break; 2712 } 2713 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2714 break; 2715 } 2716 } 2717 2718 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2719 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2720 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2721 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2722 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2723 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2724 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2725 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2726 "translation unit."); 2727 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2728 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2729 break; 2730 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2731 break; 2732 } 2733 } 2734 2735 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2736 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2737 /// or 2738 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2739 ExprResult 2740 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2741 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2742 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2743 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2744 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2745 // void. 2746 // 2747 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2748 2749 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2750 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2751 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2752 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2753 2754 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2755 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2756 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2757 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2758 return ExprError(); 2759 2760 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2761 2762 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2763 public: 2764 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2765 2766 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2767 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2768 // the operator T*. 2769 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2770 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2771 return true; 2772 return false; 2773 } 2774 2775 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2776 QualType T) override { 2777 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2778 } 2779 2780 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2781 QualType T) override { 2782 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2783 } 2784 2785 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2786 QualType T, 2787 QualType ConvTy) override { 2788 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2789 } 2790 2791 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2792 QualType ConvTy) override { 2793 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2794 << ConvTy; 2795 } 2796 2797 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2798 QualType T) override { 2799 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2800 } 2801 2802 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2803 QualType ConvTy) override { 2804 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2805 << ConvTy; 2806 } 2807 2808 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2809 QualType T, 2810 QualType ConvTy) override { 2811 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2812 } 2813 } Converter; 2814 2815 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2816 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2817 return ExprError(); 2818 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2819 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2820 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2821 // itself in this case. 2822 return ExprError(); 2823 2824 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2825 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2826 2827 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2828 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2829 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2830 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2831 2832 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2833 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2834 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2835 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2836 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2837 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2838 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2839 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2840 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2841 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2842 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2843 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 2844 // module but is hidden. 2845 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2846 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2847 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2848 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2849 } 2850 } 2851 2852 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2853 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2854 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2855 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2856 ArrayForm = true; 2857 } 2858 2859 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2860 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2861 2862 if (PointeeRD) { 2863 if (!UseGlobal && 2864 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2865 OperatorDelete)) 2866 return ExprError(); 2867 2868 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2869 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2870 if (ArrayForm) { 2871 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2872 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2873 if (UseGlobal) 2874 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2875 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2876 2877 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2878 // function we just found. 2879 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2880 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2881 } 2882 2883 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2884 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2885 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2886 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2887 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2888 return ExprError(); 2889 } 2890 2891 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 2892 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 2893 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 2894 SourceLocation()); 2895 } 2896 2897 if (!OperatorDelete) 2898 // Look for a global declaration. 2899 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2900 StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) && 2901 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2902 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2903 DeleteName); 2904 2905 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2906 2907 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2908 if (PointeeRD) { 2909 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2910 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2911 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2912 } 2913 } 2914 } 2915 2916 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2917 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2918 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2919 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2920 return Result; 2921 } 2922 2923 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 2924 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 2925 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 2926 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 2927 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 2928 return; 2929 2930 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2931 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2932 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2933 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2934 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2935 // behavior is undefined. 2936 // 2937 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 2938 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2939 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 2940 return; 2941 2942 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 2943 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2944 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2945 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2946 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2947 << ClassType; 2948 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 2949 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2950 // but not necessarily wrong. 2951 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2952 << ClassType; 2953 } 2954 if (!IsDelete) { 2955 std::string TypeStr; 2956 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 2957 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 2958 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 2959 } 2960 } 2961 2962 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2963 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2964 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2965 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2966 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2967 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2968 return ExprError(); 2969 2970 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2971 2972 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2973 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2974 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2975 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2976 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2977 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2978 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2979 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2980 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2981 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2982 2983 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2984 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2985 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2986 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2987 2988 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2989 2990 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2991 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2992 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2993 return ExprError(); 2994 } 2995 2996 return Condition; 2997 } 2998 2999 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3000 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 3001 // C++ 6.4p4: 3002 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3003 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3004 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3005 // program is ill-formed. 3006 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3007 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3008 // 3009 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3010 } 3011 3012 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3013 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3014 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3015 /// respectively). 3016 bool 3017 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3018 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3019 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3020 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3021 3022 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3023 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3024 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3025 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3026 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3027 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3028 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3029 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3030 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3031 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3032 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3033 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3034 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3035 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3036 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3037 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3038 break; 3039 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3040 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3041 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3042 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3043 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3044 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3045 } 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 return false; 3050 } 3051 3052 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3053 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3054 QualType Ty, 3055 CastKind Kind, 3056 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3057 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3058 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3059 Expr *From) { 3060 switch (Kind) { 3061 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3062 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3063 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3064 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3065 3066 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3067 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3068 return ExprError(); 3069 3070 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3071 return ExprError(); 3072 3073 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 3074 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 3075 Constructor->getAccess()); 3076 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3077 return ExprError(); 3078 3079 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3080 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3081 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3082 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3083 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3084 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3085 return ExprError(); 3086 3087 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3088 } 3089 3090 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3091 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3092 3093 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3094 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3095 return ExprError(); 3096 3097 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3098 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3099 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3100 HadMultipleCandidates); 3101 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3102 return ExprError(); 3103 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3104 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3105 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3106 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3107 3108 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3109 } 3110 } 3111 } 3112 3113 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3114 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3115 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3116 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3117 /// used in the error message. 3118 ExprResult 3119 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3120 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3121 AssignmentAction Action, 3122 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3123 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3124 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3125 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3126 Action, CCK); 3127 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3128 return ExprError(); 3129 From = Res.get(); 3130 break; 3131 } 3132 3133 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3134 3135 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3136 CastKind CastKind; 3137 QualType BeforeToType; 3138 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3139 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3140 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3141 3142 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3143 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3144 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3145 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3146 } else { 3147 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3148 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3149 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3150 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3151 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3152 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3153 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3154 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3155 } 3156 } 3157 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3158 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3159 ExprResult Res = 3160 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3161 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3162 CCK); 3163 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3164 return ExprError(); 3165 From = Res.get(); 3166 } 3167 3168 ExprResult CastArg 3169 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3170 From->getLocStart(), 3171 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3172 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3173 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3174 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3175 From); 3176 3177 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3178 return ExprError(); 3179 3180 From = CastArg.get(); 3181 3182 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3183 AA_Converting, CCK); 3184 } 3185 3186 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3187 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3188 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3189 << From->getSourceRange()); 3190 return ExprError(); 3191 3192 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3193 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3194 3195 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3196 return ExprError(); 3197 } 3198 3199 // Everything went well. 3200 return From; 3201 } 3202 3203 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3204 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3205 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3206 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3207 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3208 ExprResult 3209 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3210 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3211 AssignmentAction Action, 3212 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3213 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3214 3215 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3216 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3217 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3218 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3219 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3220 3221 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3222 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3223 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3224 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3225 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3226 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3227 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3228 ConstructorArgs)) 3229 return ExprError(); 3230 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3231 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3232 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3233 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3234 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3235 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3236 } 3237 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3238 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3239 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3240 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3241 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3242 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3243 } 3244 3245 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3246 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3247 DeclAccessPair Found; 3248 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3249 true, Found); 3250 if (!Fn) 3251 return ExprError(); 3252 3253 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3254 return ExprError(); 3255 3256 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3257 FromType = From->getType(); 3258 } 3259 3260 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3261 // non-atomic type. 3262 QualType ToAtomicType; 3263 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3264 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3265 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3266 } 3267 3268 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3269 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3270 switch (SCS.First) { 3271 case ICK_Identity: 3272 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3273 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3274 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3275 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3276 } 3277 break; 3278 3279 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3280 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3281 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3282 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3283 From = FromRes.get(); 3284 FromType = From->getType(); 3285 break; 3286 } 3287 3288 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3289 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3290 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3291 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3292 break; 3293 3294 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3295 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3296 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3297 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3298 break; 3299 3300 default: 3301 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3302 } 3303 3304 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3305 switch (SCS.Second) { 3306 case ICK_Identity: 3307 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3308 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3309 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3310 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3311 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3312 switch (Action) { 3313 case AA_Assigning: 3314 case AA_Initializing: 3315 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3316 case AA_Passing: 3317 case AA_Returning: 3318 case AA_Sending: 3319 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3320 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3321 return ExprError(); 3322 break; 3323 3324 case AA_Casting: 3325 case AA_Converting: 3326 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3327 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3328 break; 3329 } 3330 // Nothing else to do. 3331 break; 3332 3333 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3334 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3335 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3336 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3337 return ExprError(); 3338 3339 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3340 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3341 break; 3342 3343 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3344 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3345 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3346 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3347 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3348 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3349 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3350 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3351 } else { 3352 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3353 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3354 } 3355 break; 3356 3357 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3358 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3359 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3360 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3361 break; 3362 3363 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3364 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3365 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3366 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3367 CastKind CK; 3368 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3369 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3370 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3371 else 3372 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3373 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3374 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3375 } else { 3376 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3377 } 3378 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3379 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3380 break; 3381 } 3382 3383 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3384 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3385 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3386 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3387 else 3388 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3389 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3390 break; 3391 3392 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3393 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3394 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3395 break; 3396 3397 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3398 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3399 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3400 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3401 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3402 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3403 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3404 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3405 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3406 else 3407 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3408 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3409 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3410 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3411 3412 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3413 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3414 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3415 } 3416 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3417 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3418 From->getType())) { 3419 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3420 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3421 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3422 else 3423 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3424 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3425 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3426 << From->getSourceRange(); 3427 } 3428 3429 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3430 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3431 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3432 return ExprError(); 3433 3434 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3435 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3436 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3437 ExprResult E = From; 3438 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3439 From = E.get(); 3440 } 3441 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3442 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3443 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3444 .get(); 3445 break; 3446 } 3447 3448 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3449 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3450 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3451 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3452 return ExprError(); 3453 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3454 return ExprError(); 3455 3456 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3457 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3458 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3459 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3460 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3461 } 3462 3463 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3464 .get(); 3465 break; 3466 } 3467 3468 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3469 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3470 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3471 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3472 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3473 } 3474 3475 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3476 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3477 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3478 break; 3479 3480 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3481 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3482 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3483 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3484 From->getLocStart(), 3485 From->getSourceRange(), 3486 &BasePath, 3487 CStyle)) 3488 return ExprError(); 3489 3490 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3491 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3492 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3493 break; 3494 } 3495 3496 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3497 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3498 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3499 break; 3500 3501 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3502 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3503 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3504 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3505 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3506 break; 3507 } 3508 3509 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3510 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3511 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3512 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3513 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3514 3515 // x -> y 3516 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3517 // do nothing 3518 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3519 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3520 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3521 } else { 3522 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3523 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3524 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3525 } 3526 // y -> _Complex y 3527 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3528 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3529 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3530 3531 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3532 } else { 3533 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3534 assert(FromComplex); 3535 3536 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3537 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3538 3539 // _Complex x -> x 3540 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3541 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3542 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3543 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3544 3545 // x -> y 3546 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3547 // do nothing 3548 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3549 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3550 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3551 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3552 } else { 3553 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3554 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3555 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3556 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3557 } 3558 } 3559 break; 3560 3561 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3562 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3563 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3564 break; 3565 } 3566 3567 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3568 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3569 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3570 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3571 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3572 return ExprError(); 3573 From = FromRes.get(); 3574 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3575 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3576 (void)ConvTy; 3577 break; 3578 } 3579 3580 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3581 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3582 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3583 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3584 break; 3585 3586 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3587 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3588 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3589 case ICK_Qualification: 3590 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3591 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3592 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3593 } 3594 3595 switch (SCS.Third) { 3596 case ICK_Identity: 3597 // Nothing to do. 3598 break; 3599 3600 case ICK_Qualification: { 3601 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3602 // target type isn't a reference. 3603 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3604 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3605 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3606 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3607 3608 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3609 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3610 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3611 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3612 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3613 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3614 } 3615 3616 break; 3617 } 3618 3619 default: 3620 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3621 } 3622 3623 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3624 // that conversion now. 3625 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3626 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3627 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3628 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3629 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3630 } 3631 3632 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3633 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3634 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3635 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3636 From->getLocStart()); 3637 3638 return From; 3639 } 3640 3641 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3642 /// 3643 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3644 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3645 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3646 /// returns true. 3647 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3648 SourceLocation Loc, 3649 QualType ArgTy) { 3650 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3651 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3652 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3653 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3654 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3655 // must be a complete type. 3656 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3657 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3658 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3659 switch (UTT) { 3660 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3661 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3662 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3663 // Fall-through 3664 3665 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3666 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3667 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3668 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3669 case UTT_IsVoid: 3670 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3671 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3672 case UTT_IsArray: 3673 case UTT_IsPointer: 3674 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3675 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3676 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3677 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3678 case UTT_IsEnum: 3679 case UTT_IsUnion: 3680 case UTT_IsClass: 3681 case UTT_IsFunction: 3682 case UTT_IsReference: 3683 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3684 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3685 case UTT_IsObject: 3686 case UTT_IsScalar: 3687 case UTT_IsCompound: 3688 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3689 // Fall-through 3690 3691 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3692 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3693 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3694 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3695 // Table 49. 3696 case UTT_IsConst: 3697 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3698 case UTT_IsSigned: 3699 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3700 3701 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3702 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3703 return true; 3704 3705 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3706 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3707 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3708 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3709 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3710 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3711 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3712 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3713 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3714 return true; 3715 3716 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3717 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3718 case UTT_IsFinal: 3719 case UTT_IsSealed: 3720 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3721 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3722 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3723 return true; 3724 3725 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3726 // applied to a complete type. 3727 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3728 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3729 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3730 case UTT_IsPOD: 3731 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3732 3733 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3734 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3735 // Fall-through 3736 3737 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3738 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3739 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3740 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3741 // requiring the complete type. 3742 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3743 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3744 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3745 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3746 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3747 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3748 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3749 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3750 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3751 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3752 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3753 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3754 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3755 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3756 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3757 3758 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3759 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3760 return true; 3761 3762 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3763 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3764 } 3765 } 3766 3767 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3768 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3769 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3770 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3771 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3772 { 3773 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3774 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3775 return true; 3776 3777 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3778 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3779 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3780 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3781 bool FoundOperator = false; 3782 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3783 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3784 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3785 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3786 continue; 3787 3788 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3789 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3790 FoundOperator = true; 3791 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3792 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3793 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3794 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3795 return false; 3796 } 3797 } 3798 return FoundOperator; 3799 } 3800 return false; 3801 } 3802 3803 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3804 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3805 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3806 3807 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3808 switch(UTT) { 3809 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3810 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3811 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3812 case UTT_IsVoid: 3813 return T->isVoidType(); 3814 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3815 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3816 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3817 return T->isFloatingType(); 3818 case UTT_IsArray: 3819 return T->isArrayType(); 3820 case UTT_IsPointer: 3821 return T->isPointerType(); 3822 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3823 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3824 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3825 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3826 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3827 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3828 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3829 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3830 case UTT_IsEnum: 3831 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3832 case UTT_IsUnion: 3833 return T->isUnionType(); 3834 case UTT_IsClass: 3835 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3836 case UTT_IsFunction: 3837 return T->isFunctionType(); 3838 3839 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3840 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3841 case UTT_IsReference: 3842 return T->isReferenceType(); 3843 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3844 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3845 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3846 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3847 case UTT_IsObject: 3848 return T->isObjectType(); 3849 case UTT_IsScalar: 3850 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3851 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3852 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3853 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3854 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3855 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3856 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3857 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3858 return true; 3859 3860 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3861 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3862 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3863 return false; 3864 } 3865 } 3866 3867 return T->isScalarType(); 3868 case UTT_IsCompound: 3869 return T->isCompoundType(); 3870 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3871 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3872 3873 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3874 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3875 case UTT_IsConst: 3876 return T.isConstQualified(); 3877 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3878 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3879 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3880 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3881 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3882 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3883 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3884 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3885 case UTT_IsPOD: 3886 return T.isPODType(C); 3887 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3888 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3889 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3890 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3891 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3892 return false; 3893 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3894 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3895 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 3896 return false; 3897 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3898 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3899 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 3900 return false; 3901 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 3902 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 3903 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 3904 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3905 return false; 3906 case UTT_IsFinal: 3907 case UTT_IsSealed: 3908 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3909 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3910 return false; 3911 case UTT_IsSigned: 3912 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3913 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3914 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3915 3916 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3917 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3918 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3919 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3920 // specifications. 3921 // 3922 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3923 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3924 // 3925 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3926 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3927 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3928 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3929 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3930 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3931 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3932 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3933 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3934 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3935 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3936 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3937 return true; 3938 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3939 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3940 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3941 return false; 3942 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3943 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3944 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3945 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3946 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3947 return true; 3948 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3949 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3950 return false; 3951 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3952 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3953 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3954 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3955 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3956 // is true, else it is false. 3957 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3958 return true; 3959 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3960 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3961 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3962 return false; 3963 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3964 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3965 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3966 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3967 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3968 return true; 3969 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3970 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3971 return false; 3972 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3973 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3974 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3975 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3976 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3977 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3978 // true, else it is false. 3979 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3980 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3981 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3982 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3983 // [class.copy]p12). 3984 3985 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3986 return false; 3987 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3988 return true; 3989 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3990 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3991 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3992 return false; 3993 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3994 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3995 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3996 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3997 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3998 return true; 3999 4000 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4001 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4002 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4003 return true; 4004 4005 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4006 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4007 // false. 4008 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4009 return false; 4010 4011 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4012 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4013 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4014 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4015 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4016 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4017 if (!Destructor) 4018 return false; 4019 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4020 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4021 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4022 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4023 return false; 4024 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4025 return false; 4026 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4027 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4028 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4029 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4030 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4031 return false; 4032 } 4033 } 4034 return true; 4035 4036 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4037 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4038 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4039 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4040 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4041 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4042 // false. 4043 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4044 return true; 4045 4046 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4047 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4048 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4049 return true; 4050 4051 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4052 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4053 return false; 4054 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4055 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4056 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4057 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4058 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4059 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4060 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4061 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4062 // false. 4063 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4064 return false; 4065 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4066 return false; 4067 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4068 return true; 4069 4070 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4071 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4072 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4073 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4074 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4075 return false; 4076 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4077 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4078 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4079 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4080 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4081 return true; 4082 4083 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4084 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4085 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4086 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4087 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4088 return false; 4089 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4090 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4091 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4092 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4093 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4094 // false. 4095 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4096 return true; 4097 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4098 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4099 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4100 return true; 4101 4102 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4103 unsigned FoundTQs; 4104 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4105 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4106 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4107 // resolution point. 4108 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4109 continue; 4110 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4111 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4112 FoundConstructor = true; 4113 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4114 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4115 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4116 if (!CPT) 4117 return false; 4118 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4119 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4120 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4121 return false; 4122 } 4123 } 4124 4125 return FoundConstructor; 4126 } 4127 return false; 4128 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4129 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4130 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4131 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4132 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4133 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4134 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4135 return true; 4136 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4137 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4138 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4139 return true; 4140 4141 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4142 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4143 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4144 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4145 continue; 4146 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4147 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4148 FoundConstructor = true; 4149 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4150 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4151 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4152 if (!CPT) 4153 return false; 4154 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4155 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4156 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4157 return false; 4158 } 4159 } 4160 return FoundConstructor; 4161 } 4162 return false; 4163 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4164 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4165 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4166 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4167 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4168 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4169 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4170 return false; 4171 4172 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4173 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4174 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4175 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4176 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4177 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4178 // function call. 4179 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4180 } 4181 } 4182 4183 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4184 /// ARC mode. 4185 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4186 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4187 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4188 return false; 4189 4190 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4191 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4192 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4193 return true; 4194 4195 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4196 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4197 } 4198 4199 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4200 } 4201 4202 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4203 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4204 4205 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4206 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4207 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4208 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4209 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4210 4211 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4212 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4213 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4214 4215 switch (Kind) { 4216 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4217 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4218 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4219 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4220 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4221 // 4222 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4223 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4224 // no operation that is not trivial. 4225 // 4226 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4227 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4228 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4229 // variable t: 4230 // 4231 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4232 assert(!Args.empty()); 4233 4234 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4235 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4236 // unknown bound. 4237 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4238 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4239 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4240 continue; 4241 4242 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4243 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4244 return false; 4245 } 4246 4247 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4248 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4249 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4250 return false; 4251 4252 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4253 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4254 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4255 return false; 4256 4257 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4258 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4259 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4260 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4261 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4262 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4263 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4264 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4265 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4266 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4267 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4268 } 4269 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4270 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4271 4272 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4273 // trap at translation unit scope. 4274 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4275 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4276 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4277 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4278 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4279 RParenLoc)); 4280 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4281 if (Init.Failed()) 4282 return false; 4283 4284 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4285 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4286 return false; 4287 4288 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4289 return true; 4290 4291 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4292 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4293 4294 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4295 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4296 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4297 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4298 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4299 return false; 4300 4301 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4302 // calls. 4303 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4304 } 4305 4306 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4307 return false; 4308 } 4309 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4310 } 4311 4312 return false; 4313 } 4314 4315 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4316 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4317 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4318 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4319 4320 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4321 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4322 return ExprError(); 4323 4324 bool Dependent = false; 4325 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4326 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4327 Dependent = true; 4328 break; 4329 } 4330 } 4331 4332 bool Result = false; 4333 if (!Dependent) 4334 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4335 4336 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4337 RParenLoc, Result); 4338 } 4339 4340 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4341 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4342 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4343 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4344 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4345 4346 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4347 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4348 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4349 if (!TInfo) 4350 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4351 4352 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4353 } 4354 4355 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4356 } 4357 4358 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4359 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4360 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4361 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4362 4363 switch(BTT) { 4364 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4365 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4366 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4367 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4368 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4369 4370 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4371 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4372 4373 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4374 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4375 4376 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4377 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4378 4379 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4380 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4381 4382 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4383 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4384 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4385 // complete type. 4386 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4387 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4388 return false; 4389 4390 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4391 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4392 } 4393 case BTT_IsSame: 4394 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4395 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4396 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4397 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4398 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4399 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4400 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4401 // Given the following function prototype: 4402 // 4403 // template <class T> 4404 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4405 // 4406 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4407 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4408 // the return expression in the following code would be 4409 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4410 // type of the function: 4411 // 4412 // To test() { 4413 // return create<From>(); 4414 // } 4415 // 4416 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4417 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4418 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4419 // is considered. 4420 // 4421 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4422 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4423 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4424 4425 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4426 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4427 return false; 4428 4429 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4430 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4431 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4432 4433 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4434 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4435 return false; 4436 4437 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4438 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4439 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4440 4441 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4442 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4443 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4444 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4445 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4446 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4447 SourceLocation())); 4448 4449 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4450 // trap at translation unit scope. 4451 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4452 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4453 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4454 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4455 if (Init.Failed()) 4456 return false; 4457 4458 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4459 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4460 } 4461 4462 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4463 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4464 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4465 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4466 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4467 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4468 // 4469 // is_assignable is defined as: 4470 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4471 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4472 // 4473 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4474 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4475 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4476 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4477 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4478 return false; 4479 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4480 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4481 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4482 return false; 4483 4484 // cv void is never assignable. 4485 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4486 return false; 4487 4488 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4489 // declval<U>(). 4490 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4491 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4492 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4493 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4494 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4495 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4496 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4497 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4498 4499 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4500 // trap at translation unit scope. 4501 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4502 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4503 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4504 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4505 &Rhs); 4506 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4507 return false; 4508 4509 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4510 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4511 4512 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4513 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4514 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4515 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4516 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4517 return false; 4518 4519 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4520 } 4521 4522 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4523 return false; 4524 } 4525 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4526 } 4527 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4528 } 4529 4530 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4531 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4532 ParsedType Ty, 4533 Expr* DimExpr, 4534 SourceLocation RParen) { 4535 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4536 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4537 if (!TSInfo) 4538 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4539 4540 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4541 } 4542 4543 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4544 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4545 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4546 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4547 4548 switch(ATT) { 4549 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4550 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4551 unsigned Dim = 0; 4552 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4553 ++Dim; 4554 T = AT->getElementType(); 4555 } 4556 return Dim; 4557 } 4558 return 0; 4559 4560 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4561 llvm::APSInt Value; 4562 uint64_t Dim; 4563 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4564 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4565 false).isInvalid()) 4566 return 0; 4567 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4568 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4569 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4570 return 0; 4571 } 4572 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4573 4574 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4575 unsigned D = 0; 4576 bool Matched = false; 4577 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4578 if (Dim == D) { 4579 Matched = true; 4580 break; 4581 } 4582 ++D; 4583 T = AT->getElementType(); 4584 } 4585 4586 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4587 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4588 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4589 } 4590 } 4591 return 0; 4592 } 4593 } 4594 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4595 } 4596 4597 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4598 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4599 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4600 Expr* DimExpr, 4601 SourceLocation RParen) { 4602 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4603 4604 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4605 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4606 uint64_t Value = 0; 4607 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4608 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4609 4610 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4611 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4612 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4613 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4614 // important distinction. 4615 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4616 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4617 } 4618 4619 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4620 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4621 Expr *Queried, 4622 SourceLocation RParen) { 4623 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4624 if (!Queried) 4625 return ExprError(); 4626 4627 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4628 4629 return Result; 4630 } 4631 4632 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4633 switch (ET) { 4634 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4635 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4636 } 4637 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4638 } 4639 4640 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4641 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4642 Expr *Queried, 4643 SourceLocation RParen) { 4644 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4645 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4646 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4647 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4648 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4649 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4650 } 4651 4652 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4653 4654 return new (Context) 4655 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4656 } 4657 4658 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4659 ExprValueKind &VK, 4660 SourceLocation Loc, 4661 bool isIndirect) { 4662 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4663 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4664 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4665 4666 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4667 if (isIndirect) { 4668 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4669 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4670 } 4671 4672 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4673 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4674 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4675 4676 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4677 // C++ 5.5p2 4678 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4679 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4680 // class type) [...] 4681 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4682 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4683 if (!MemPtr) { 4684 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4685 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4686 return QualType(); 4687 } 4688 4689 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4690 4691 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4692 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4693 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4694 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4695 // likely to be considered a defect. 4696 4697 // C++ 5.5p2 4698 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4699 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4700 // such a class] 4701 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4702 if (isIndirect) { 4703 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4704 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4705 else { 4706 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4707 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4708 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4709 return QualType(); 4710 } 4711 } 4712 4713 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4714 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4715 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4716 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4717 return QualType(); 4718 } 4719 4720 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 4721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4722 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4723 return QualType(); 4724 } 4725 4726 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4727 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4728 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4729 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4730 &BasePath)) 4731 return QualType(); 4732 4733 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4734 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4735 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4736 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4737 &BasePath); 4738 } 4739 4740 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4741 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4742 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4744 return QualType(); 4745 } 4746 4747 // C++ 5.5p2 4748 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4749 // second operand. 4750 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4751 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4752 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4753 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4754 4755 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4756 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4757 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4758 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4759 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4760 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4761 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4762 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4763 case RQ_None: 4764 // Do nothing 4765 break; 4766 4767 case RQ_LValue: 4768 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4770 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4771 break; 4772 4773 case RQ_RValue: 4774 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4776 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4777 break; 4778 } 4779 } 4780 4781 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4782 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4783 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4784 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4785 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4786 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4787 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4788 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4789 VK = VK_RValue; 4790 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4791 } else if (isIndirect) { 4792 VK = VK_LValue; 4793 } else { 4794 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4795 } 4796 4797 return Result; 4798 } 4799 4800 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 4801 /// 4802 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4803 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4804 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4805 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4806 /// as such. 4807 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4808 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4809 bool &HaveConversion, 4810 QualType &ToType) { 4811 HaveConversion = false; 4812 ToType = To->getType(); 4813 4814 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4815 SourceLocation()); 4816 // C++11 5.16p3 4817 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4818 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4819 // as follows: 4820 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4821 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 4822 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 4823 // an lvalue. 4824 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4825 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 4826 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 4827 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 4828 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 4829 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 4830 4831 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4832 4833 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4834 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4835 ToType = T; 4836 HaveConversion = true; 4837 return false; 4838 } 4839 4840 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4841 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4842 } 4843 4844 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4845 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4846 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4847 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4848 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4849 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4850 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4851 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4852 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 4853 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 4854 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 4855 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4856 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4857 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4858 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4859 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4860 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4861 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4862 if (InitSeq) { 4863 HaveConversion = true; 4864 return false; 4865 } 4866 4867 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4868 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4869 } 4870 } 4871 4872 return false; 4873 } 4874 4875 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4876 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4877 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4878 // an rvalue). 4879 // 4880 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4881 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4882 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4883 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4884 4885 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4886 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4887 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4888 ToType = TTy; 4889 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4890 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4891 4892 return false; 4893 } 4894 4895 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4896 /// 4897 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4898 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4899 /// conversion to a common type. 4900 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4901 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4902 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4903 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4904 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4905 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4906 CandidateSet); 4907 4908 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4909 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4910 case OR_Success: { 4911 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4912 ExprResult LHSRes = 4913 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4914 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4915 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4916 break; 4917 LHS = LHSRes; 4918 4919 ExprResult RHSRes = 4920 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4921 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4922 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4923 break; 4924 RHS = RHSRes; 4925 if (Best->Function) 4926 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4927 return false; 4928 } 4929 4930 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4931 4932 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4933 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4934 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4935 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4936 return true; 4937 4938 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4939 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4940 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4941 return true; 4942 4943 case OR_Ambiguous: 4944 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4945 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4946 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4947 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4948 // the viable candidates. 4949 break; 4950 4951 case OR_Deleted: 4952 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4953 } 4954 return true; 4955 } 4956 4957 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4958 /// TryClassUnification. 4959 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4960 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4961 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4962 SourceLocation()); 4963 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4964 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4965 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4966 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4967 return true; 4968 4969 E = Result; 4970 return false; 4971 } 4972 4973 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4974 /// 4975 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4976 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4977 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4978 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4979 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4980 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4981 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4982 // interface pointers. 4983 4984 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4985 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4986 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4987 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4988 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4989 return QualType(); 4990 Cond = CondRes; 4991 } 4992 4993 // Assume r-value. 4994 VK = VK_RValue; 4995 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4996 4997 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4998 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4999 return Context.DependentTy; 5000 5001 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5002 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5003 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5004 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5005 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5006 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5007 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5008 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5009 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5010 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5011 // and value category of the other. 5012 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5013 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5014 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5015 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5016 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5017 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5018 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5019 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5020 return NonThrow->getType(); 5021 } 5022 5023 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5024 // type void and is a prvalue. 5025 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5026 return Context.VoidTy; 5027 5028 // Neither holds, error. 5029 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5030 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5031 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5032 return QualType(); 5033 } 5034 5035 // Neither is void. 5036 5037 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5038 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5039 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5040 // those operands to the type of the other. 5041 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5042 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5043 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5044 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5045 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5046 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5047 return QualType(); 5048 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5049 return QualType(); 5050 5051 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5052 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5053 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5054 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5055 return QualType(); 5056 } 5057 5058 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5059 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5060 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5061 if (HaveL2R) { 5062 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5063 return QualType(); 5064 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5065 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5066 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5067 return QualType(); 5068 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5069 } 5070 } 5071 5072 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5073 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5074 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5075 // operands to the type of the other. 5076 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5077 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5078 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5079 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 5080 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5081 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 5082 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 5083 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 5084 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5085 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5086 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 5087 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5088 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5089 } 5090 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 5091 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5092 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5093 } 5094 } 5095 5096 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5097 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5098 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5099 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5100 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5101 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5102 // l-values. 5103 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5104 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5105 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5106 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5107 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5108 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5109 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5110 OK = OK_BitField; 5111 return LTy; 5112 } 5113 5114 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5115 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5116 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5117 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5118 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5119 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5120 // program is ill-formed. 5121 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5122 return QualType(); 5123 } 5124 5125 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5126 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5127 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5128 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5129 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5130 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5131 return QualType(); 5132 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5133 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5134 5135 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5136 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5137 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5138 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5139 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5140 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5141 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5142 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5143 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5144 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5145 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5146 return QualType(); 5147 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5148 5149 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5150 SourceLocation(), 5151 LHS); 5152 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5153 return QualType(); 5154 5155 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5156 SourceLocation(), 5157 RHS); 5158 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5159 return QualType(); 5160 5161 LHS = LHSCopy; 5162 RHS = RHSCopy; 5163 } 5164 5165 return LTy; 5166 } 5167 5168 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5169 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5170 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5171 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5172 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5173 5174 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5175 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5176 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5177 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5178 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5179 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5180 return QualType(); 5181 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5182 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5183 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5184 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5185 return QualType(); 5186 } 5187 5188 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5189 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5190 5191 return ResTy; 5192 } 5193 5194 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5195 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5196 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5197 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5198 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5199 // pointer type. 5200 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5201 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5202 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5203 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5204 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5205 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5206 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5207 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5208 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5209 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5210 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5211 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5212 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5213 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5214 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5215 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5216 5217 return Composite; 5218 } 5219 5220 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5221 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5222 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5223 return Composite; 5224 5225 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5226 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5227 return QualType(); 5228 5229 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5230 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5231 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5232 return QualType(); 5233 } 5234 5235 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5236 /// 5237 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5238 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5239 /// type and returns it. 5240 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5243 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5244 /// 5245 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5246 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5247 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5248 /// will be set true. 5249 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5250 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5251 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5252 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5253 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5254 5255 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5256 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5257 5258 // C++11 5.9p2 5259 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5260 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5261 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5262 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5263 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5264 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5265 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5266 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5267 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5268 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5269 return T1; 5270 } 5271 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5272 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5273 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5274 return T2; 5275 } 5276 return QualType(); 5277 } 5278 5279 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5280 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5281 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5282 else 5283 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5284 return T2; 5285 } 5286 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5287 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5288 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5289 else 5290 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5291 return T1; 5292 } 5293 5294 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5295 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5296 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5297 return QualType(); 5298 5299 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5300 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5301 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5302 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5303 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5304 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5305 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5306 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5307 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5308 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5309 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5310 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5311 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5312 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5313 ContainingClassVector; 5314 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5315 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5316 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5317 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5318 do { 5319 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5320 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5321 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5322 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5323 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5324 5325 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5326 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5327 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5328 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5329 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5330 5331 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5332 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5333 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5334 continue; 5335 } 5336 5337 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5338 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5339 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5340 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5341 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5342 5343 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5344 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5345 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5346 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5347 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5348 5349 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5350 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5351 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5352 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5353 continue; 5354 } 5355 5356 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5357 5358 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5359 break; 5360 } while (true); 5361 5362 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5363 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5364 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5365 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5366 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5367 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5368 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5369 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5370 } 5371 } 5372 } 5373 5374 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5375 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5376 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5377 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5378 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5379 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5380 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5381 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5382 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5383 // Rebuild member pointer type 5384 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5385 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5386 MOC->first); 5387 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5388 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5389 MOC->second); 5390 } else { 5391 // Rebuild pointer type 5392 Composite1 5393 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5394 Composite2 5395 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5396 } 5397 } 5398 5399 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5400 InitializedEntity Entity1 5401 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5402 InitializationKind Kind 5403 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5404 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5405 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5406 5407 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5408 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5409 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5410 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5411 // Composite2 is also viable. 5412 InitializedEntity Entity2 5413 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5414 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5415 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5416 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5417 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5418 // this is an ambiguity. 5419 return QualType(); 5420 } 5421 } 5422 5423 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5424 ExprResult E1Result 5425 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5426 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5427 return QualType(); 5428 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5429 5430 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5431 ExprResult E2Result 5432 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5433 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5434 return QualType(); 5435 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5436 5437 return Composite1; 5438 } 5439 5440 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5441 InitializedEntity Entity2 5442 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5443 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5444 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5445 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5446 return QualType(); 5447 5448 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5449 ExprResult E1Result 5450 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5451 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5452 return QualType(); 5453 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5454 5455 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5456 ExprResult E2Result 5457 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5458 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5459 return QualType(); 5460 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5461 5462 return Composite2; 5463 } 5464 5465 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5466 if (!E) 5467 return ExprError(); 5468 5469 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5470 5471 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5472 if (!E->isRValue()) 5473 return E; 5474 5475 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5476 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5477 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5478 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5479 5480 bool ReturnsRetained; 5481 5482 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5483 // called value. 5484 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5485 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5486 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5487 5488 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5489 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5490 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5491 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5492 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5493 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5494 } 5495 5496 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5497 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5498 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5499 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5500 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5501 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5502 5503 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5504 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5505 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5506 5507 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5508 // type always produce a +1 object. 5509 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5510 ReturnsRetained = true; 5511 5512 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5513 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5514 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5515 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5516 return E; 5517 5518 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5519 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5520 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5521 } else { 5522 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5523 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5524 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5525 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5526 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5527 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5528 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5529 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5530 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5531 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5532 } 5533 5534 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5535 5536 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5537 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5538 // return an object. 5539 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5540 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5541 return E; 5542 } 5543 5544 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5545 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5546 return E; 5547 5548 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5549 5550 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5551 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5552 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5553 VK_RValue); 5554 } 5555 5556 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5557 return E; 5558 5559 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5560 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5561 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5562 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5563 while (!RT) { 5564 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5565 case Type::Record: 5566 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5567 break; 5568 case Type::ConstantArray: 5569 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5570 case Type::VariableArray: 5571 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5572 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5573 break; 5574 default: 5575 return E; 5576 } 5577 } 5578 5579 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5580 // not processing a decltype expression. 5581 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5582 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5583 return E; 5584 5585 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5586 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5587 5588 if (Destructor) { 5589 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5590 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5591 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5592 << E->getType()); 5593 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5594 return ExprError(); 5595 5596 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5597 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5598 return E; 5599 5600 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5601 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5602 } 5603 5604 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5605 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5606 5607 if (IsDecltype) 5608 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5609 5610 return Bind; 5611 } 5612 5613 ExprResult 5614 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5615 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5616 return ExprError(); 5617 5618 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5619 } 5620 5621 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5622 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5623 5624 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5625 5626 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5627 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5628 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5629 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5630 return SubExpr; 5631 5632 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5633 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5634 5635 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5636 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5637 5638 return E; 5639 } 5640 5641 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5642 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5643 5644 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5645 5646 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5647 return SubStmt; 5648 5649 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5650 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5651 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5652 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5653 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5654 SourceLocation(), 5655 SourceLocation()); 5656 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5657 SourceLocation()); 5658 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5659 } 5660 5661 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5662 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5663 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5664 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5665 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5666 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5667 5668 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5669 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5670 // -- if the function call is either 5671 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5672 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5673 // decltype-specifier, 5674 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5675 5676 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5677 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5678 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5679 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5680 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5681 return ExprError(); 5682 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5683 return E; 5684 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5685 } 5686 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5687 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5688 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5689 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5690 return ExprError(); 5691 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5692 return E; 5693 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5694 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5695 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5700 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5701 : nullptr; 5702 if (TopCall) 5703 E = TopCall; 5704 else 5705 TopBind = nullptr; 5706 5707 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5708 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5709 5710 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5711 // decltype expression. 5712 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5713 return E; 5714 5715 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5716 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5717 I != N; ++I) { 5718 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5719 if (Call == TopCall) 5720 continue; 5721 5722 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5723 Call->getLocStart(), 5724 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5725 return ExprError(); 5726 } 5727 5728 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5729 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5731 I != N; ++I) { 5732 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5733 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5734 if (Bind == TopBind) 5735 continue; 5736 5737 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5738 5739 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5740 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5741 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5742 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5743 5744 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5745 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5746 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5747 << Bind->getType()); 5748 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5749 return ExprError(); 5750 5751 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5752 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5753 } 5754 5755 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5756 return E; 5757 } 5758 5759 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5760 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5761 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5762 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5763 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5764 unsigned Limit = 9; 5765 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5766 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5767 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5768 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5769 } 5770 5771 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5772 if (I == SkipStart) { 5773 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5774 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5775 << SkipCount; 5776 I += SkipCount; 5777 } else { 5778 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5779 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5780 ++I; 5781 } 5782 } 5783 } 5784 5785 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5786 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5787 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5788 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5789 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5790 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5791 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5792 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5793 Base = Result.get(); 5794 5795 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5796 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5797 Base = Result.get(); 5798 5799 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5800 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5801 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5802 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5803 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5804 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5805 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5806 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5807 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5808 5809 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5810 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5811 return Base; 5812 } 5813 5814 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5815 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5816 // returned, with the original second operand. 5817 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5818 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5819 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5820 bool FirstIteration = true; 5821 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5822 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5823 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5824 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5825 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5826 5827 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5828 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5829 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5830 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5831 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5832 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5833 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5834 return ExprError(); 5835 } 5836 5837 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5838 S, Base, OpLoc, 5839 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5840 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5841 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5842 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5843 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5844 ? nullptr 5845 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5846 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5847 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5848 if (FirstIteration) { 5849 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5850 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5851 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5852 OpKind = tok::period; 5853 break; 5854 } 5855 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5856 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5857 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5858 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5859 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5860 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5861 } 5862 } 5863 return ExprError(); 5864 } 5865 Base = Result.get(); 5866 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5867 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5868 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5869 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5870 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5871 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5872 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5873 return ExprError(); 5874 } 5875 FirstIteration = false; 5876 } 5877 5878 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5879 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5880 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5881 } 5882 5883 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5884 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5885 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5886 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5887 5888 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5889 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5890 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5891 // postfix-expression. 5892 // 5893 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5894 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5895 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 5896 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 5897 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 5898 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 5899 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5900 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5901 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5902 return Base; 5903 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5904 ObjectType = nullptr; 5905 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5906 return Base; 5907 } 5908 5909 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5910 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5911 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5912 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5913 // the member function body. 5914 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5915 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5916 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5917 return ExprError(); 5918 5919 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5920 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5921 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5922 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5923 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5924 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5925 return Base; 5926 } 5927 5928 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5929 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5930 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5931 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5932 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5933 Base = result.get(); 5934 } 5935 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5936 5937 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5938 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5939 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5940 // This scalar type is the object type. 5941 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5942 // arrow operator. 5943 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5944 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5945 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5946 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5947 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5948 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5949 << ObjectType << true 5950 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5951 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5952 return true; 5953 5954 OpKind = tok::period; 5955 } 5956 } 5957 5958 return false; 5959 } 5960 5961 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5962 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5963 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5964 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5965 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5966 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5967 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5968 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5969 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5970 5971 QualType ObjectType; 5972 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5973 return ExprError(); 5974 5975 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5976 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5977 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5979 else { 5980 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5981 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5982 return ExprError(); 5983 } 5984 } 5985 5986 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5987 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5988 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5989 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5990 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5991 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5992 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5993 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5994 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5995 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5996 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5997 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5998 5999 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6000 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6001 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6002 DestructedTypeStart); 6003 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6004 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6005 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6006 6007 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6008 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6009 // type. 6010 } else { 6011 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6012 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6013 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6014 } 6015 6016 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6017 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6018 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6019 DestructedTypeStart); 6020 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6021 } 6022 } 6023 } 6024 6025 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6026 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6027 // form 6028 // 6029 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6030 // 6031 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6032 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6033 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6034 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6035 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6036 6037 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6038 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6039 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6040 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6041 6042 ScopeType = QualType(); 6043 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6044 } 6045 } 6046 6047 Expr *Result 6048 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6049 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6050 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6051 ScopeTypeInfo, 6052 CCLoc, 6053 TildeLoc, 6054 Destructed); 6055 6056 return Result; 6057 } 6058 6059 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6060 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6061 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6062 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6063 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6064 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6065 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6066 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6067 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6068 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6069 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6070 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6071 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6072 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6073 6074 QualType ObjectType; 6075 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6076 return ExprError(); 6077 6078 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6079 // record types and dependent types matter. 6080 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6081 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6082 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6083 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6084 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6085 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6086 } 6087 6088 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6089 // type (with source-location information). 6090 QualType DestructedType; 6091 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6092 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6093 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6094 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6095 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6096 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6097 if (!T && 6098 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6099 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6100 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6101 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6102 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6103 // template instantiation time. 6104 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6105 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6106 } else if (!T) { 6107 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6108 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6109 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6110 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6111 return ExprError(); 6112 6113 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6114 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6115 } else 6116 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6117 } else { 6118 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6119 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6120 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6121 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6122 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6123 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6124 TemplateId->Template, 6125 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6126 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6127 TemplateArgsPtr, 6128 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6129 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6130 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6131 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6132 } else 6133 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6134 } 6135 6136 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6137 // information. 6138 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6139 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6140 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6141 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6142 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6143 } 6144 6145 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6146 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6147 QualType ScopeType; 6148 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6149 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6150 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6151 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6152 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6153 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6154 if (!T) { 6155 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6156 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6157 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6158 6159 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6160 return ExprError(); 6161 6162 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6163 ScopeType = QualType(); 6164 } else 6165 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6166 } else { 6167 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6168 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6169 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6170 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6171 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6172 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6173 TemplateId->Template, 6174 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6175 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6176 TemplateArgsPtr, 6177 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6178 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6179 // Recover by dropping this type. 6180 ScopeType = QualType(); 6181 } else 6182 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6183 } 6184 } 6185 6186 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6187 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6188 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6189 6190 6191 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6192 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6193 Destructed); 6194 } 6195 6196 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6197 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6198 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6199 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6200 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6201 QualType ObjectType; 6202 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6203 return ExprError(); 6204 6205 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6206 false); 6207 6208 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6209 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6210 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6211 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6212 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6213 6214 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6215 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6216 Destructed); 6217 } 6218 6219 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6220 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6221 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6222 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6223 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6224 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6225 // is a LambdaExpr. 6226 Expr *SubE = E; 6227 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6228 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6229 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6230 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6231 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6232 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6233 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6234 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6235 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6236 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6237 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6238 // autoreleased. 6239 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6240 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6241 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6242 E->getExprLoc(), 6243 Method, E); 6244 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6245 6246 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6247 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6248 return Exp; 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6253 FoundDecl, Method); 6254 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6255 return true; 6256 6257 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6258 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6259 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6260 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6261 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6262 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6263 6264 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6265 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6266 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6267 6268 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6269 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6270 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6271 return CE; 6272 } 6273 6274 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6275 SourceLocation RParen) { 6276 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6277 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6278 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6279 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6280 if (R.isInvalid()) 6281 return R; 6282 6283 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6284 Operand = R.get(); 6285 6286 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6287 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6288 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6289 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6290 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6291 } 6292 6293 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6294 return new (Context) 6295 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6296 } 6297 6298 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6299 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6300 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6301 } 6302 6303 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6304 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6305 // according to [expr]p10: 6306 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6307 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6308 // one of the following forms: 6309 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6310 6311 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6312 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6313 return true; 6314 6315 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6316 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6317 return true; 6318 6319 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6320 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6321 return true; 6322 6323 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6324 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6325 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6326 return true; 6327 6328 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6329 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6330 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6331 return true; 6332 6333 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6334 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6335 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6336 } 6337 6338 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6339 // operands are one of the above, or 6340 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6341 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6342 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6343 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6344 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6345 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6346 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6347 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6348 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6349 } 6350 6351 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6352 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6353 return true; 6354 6355 return false; 6356 } 6357 6358 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6359 /// context that ignores the result. 6360 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6361 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6362 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6363 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6364 E = result.get(); 6365 } 6366 6367 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6368 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6369 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6370 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6371 if (E->isRValue()) { 6372 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6373 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6374 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6375 // some clients. 6376 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6377 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6378 6379 return E; 6380 } 6381 6382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6383 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6384 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6385 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6386 // conversion. 6387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6388 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6389 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6390 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6391 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6392 return E; 6393 E = Res.get(); 6394 } 6395 return E; 6396 } 6397 6398 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6399 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6400 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6401 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6402 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6403 return E; 6404 } 6405 } 6406 6407 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6408 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6409 return E; 6410 E = Res.get(); 6411 6412 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6413 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6414 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6415 return E; 6416 } 6417 6418 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6419 // in a constant expression, return true. 6420 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6421 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6422 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6423 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6424 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6425 // never be a constant expression. 6426 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6427 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6428 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6429 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6430 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6431 ASTContext &Context) { 6432 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6433 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6434 6435 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6436 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6437 assert(DefVD); 6438 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6439 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6440 6441 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6442 6443 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6444 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6445 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6446 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6447 return false; 6448 } 6449 6450 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6451 } 6452 6453 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6454 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6455 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6456 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6457 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6458 /// need to be captured. 6459 6460 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6461 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6462 6463 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6464 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6465 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6466 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6467 6468 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6469 6470 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6471 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6472 6473 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6474 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6475 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6476 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6477 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6478 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6479 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6480 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6481 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6482 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6483 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6484 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6485 // For e.g.: 6486 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6487 // int test() { 6488 // const int x = 10; 6489 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6490 // (void) +x + a; 6491 // }; 6492 // } 6493 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6494 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6495 continue; 6496 6497 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6498 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6499 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6500 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6501 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6502 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6503 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6504 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6505 } 6506 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6507 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6508 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6509 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6510 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6511 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6512 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6513 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6514 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6515 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6516 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6517 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6518 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6519 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6520 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6521 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6522 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6523 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6524 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6525 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6526 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6527 } 6528 } 6529 } 6530 6531 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6532 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6533 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6534 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6535 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6536 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6537 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6538 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6539 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6540 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6541 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6546 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6547 } 6548 6549 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6550 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6551 TypoCorrection TC) { 6552 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6553 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6554 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6555 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6556 6557 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6558 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6559 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6560 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6561 NewSS = *SS; 6562 6563 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6564 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6565 R.addDecl(ND); 6566 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6567 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6568 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6569 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6570 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6571 if (!Record) 6572 Record = 6573 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6574 if (Record) 6575 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6576 6577 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6578 // member. 6579 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6580 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6581 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6582 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6583 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6584 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6585 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6586 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6587 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6588 else 6589 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6590 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6591 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6592 6593 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6594 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6595 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6596 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6597 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6598 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6599 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6600 } 6601 } 6602 6603 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6604 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6605 } 6606 6607 namespace { 6608 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6609 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6610 6611 public: 6612 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6613 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6614 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6615 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6616 return true; 6617 } 6618 }; 6619 6620 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6621 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6622 6623 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6624 // process of being initialized. 6625 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6626 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6627 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6628 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6629 6630 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6631 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6632 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6633 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6634 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6635 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6636 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6637 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6638 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6639 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6640 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6641 6642 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6643 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6644 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6645 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6646 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6647 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6648 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6649 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6650 6651 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6652 } 6653 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6654 } 6655 } 6656 6657 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6658 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6659 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6660 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6661 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6662 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6663 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6664 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6665 /// of corrections. 6666 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6667 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6668 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6669 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6670 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6671 return true; 6672 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6673 } 6674 return false; 6675 } 6676 6677 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6678 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6679 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6680 6681 if (!E) 6682 return nullptr; 6683 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6684 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6685 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6686 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6687 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6688 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6689 // contain multiple decls. 6690 return nullptr; 6691 } 6692 6693 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6694 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6695 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6696 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6697 return ExprError(); 6698 6699 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6700 } 6701 6702 public: 6703 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6704 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6705 6706 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6707 MultiExprArg Args, 6708 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6709 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6710 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6711 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6712 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6713 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6714 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6715 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6716 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6717 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6718 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6719 } 6720 } 6721 return Result; 6722 } 6723 6724 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6725 6726 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6727 6728 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 6729 return Owned(E); 6730 } 6731 6732 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 6733 return Owned(E); 6734 } 6735 6736 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6737 ExprResult Res; 6738 while (true) { 6739 Res = TryTransform(E); 6740 6741 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6742 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6743 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6744 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6745 break; 6746 } 6747 6748 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6749 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6750 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6751 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6752 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6753 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6754 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6755 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6756 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6757 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6758 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6759 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6760 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6761 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6762 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6763 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6764 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6765 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6766 Res = ExprError(); 6767 break; 6768 } 6769 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6770 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6771 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6772 } 6773 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6774 6775 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6776 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6777 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6778 6779 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6780 6781 return Res; 6782 } 6783 6784 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6785 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6786 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6787 // first one that was encountered. 6788 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6789 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6790 return CacheEntry; 6791 } 6792 6793 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6794 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6795 6796 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6797 // typo correction and return it. 6798 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6799 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 6800 continue; 6801 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6802 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6803 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6804 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6805 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6806 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6807 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6808 TypoCorrection Next; 6809 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6810 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6811 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6812 } else { 6813 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6814 } 6815 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6816 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6817 return CacheEntry = NE; 6818 } 6819 } 6820 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6821 } 6822 }; 6823 } 6824 6825 ExprResult 6826 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6827 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6828 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6829 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6830 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6831 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6832 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6833 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6834 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6835 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6836 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6837 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6838 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6839 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6840 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6841 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6842 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6843 return Result; 6844 } 6845 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6846 } 6847 return E; 6848 } 6849 6850 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6851 bool DiscardedValue, 6852 bool IsConstexpr, 6853 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6854 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6855 6856 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6857 return ExprError(); 6858 6859 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6860 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6861 // containing full-expression is done). 6862 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6863 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6864 // return a; 6865 // }() ...); 6866 // } 6867 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6868 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6869 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6870 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6871 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6872 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6873 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6874 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6875 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6876 return ExprError(); 6877 6878 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6879 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6880 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6881 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6882 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6883 return ExprError(); 6884 } 6885 6886 if (DiscardedValue) { 6887 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6888 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6889 return ExprError(); 6890 6891 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6892 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6893 return ExprError(); 6894 } 6895 6896 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6897 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6898 return ExprError(); 6899 6900 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6901 6902 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6903 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6904 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6905 // Consider the following code: 6906 // void f(int, int); 6907 // void f(const int&, double); 6908 // void foo() { 6909 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6910 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6911 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6912 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6913 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6914 // }; 6915 // }; 6916 // } 6917 6918 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6919 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6920 // void f() { 6921 // const int n = 0; 6922 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6923 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6924 // }; 6925 // } 6926 // 6927 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6928 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6929 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6930 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6931 6932 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6933 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6934 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6935 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6936 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6937 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6938 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6939 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6940 // "Alternative suggestion: 6941 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6942 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6943 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6944 // constructor/destructor. 6945 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6946 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6947 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6948 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6949 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6950 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6951 *this); 6952 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6953 } 6954 6955 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6956 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6957 6958 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6959 } 6960 6961 Sema::IfExistsResult 6962 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6963 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6964 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6965 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6966 if (!TargetName) 6967 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6968 6969 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6970 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6971 return IER_Dependent; 6972 6973 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6974 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6975 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6976 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6977 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6978 6979 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6980 case LookupResult::Found: 6981 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6982 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6983 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6984 return IER_Exists; 6985 6986 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6987 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6988 6989 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6990 return IER_Dependent; 6991 } 6992 6993 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6994 } 6995 6996 Sema::IfExistsResult 6997 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6998 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6999 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7000 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7001 7002 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 7003 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 7004 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 7005 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 7006 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 7007 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 7008 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 7009 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 7010 Unexpanded); 7011 return IER_Error; 7012 } 7013 7014 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7015 } 7016